1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
225 * up a connection or after roaming.
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
268 * DOC: TID configuration
270 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
271 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
273 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
274 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
275 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
277 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
278 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
279 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
280 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
281 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
282 * will be overwritten.
284 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
285 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
286 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
287 * the interface goes down.
291 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
293 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
295 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
296 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
300 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
301 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
302 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
303 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
305 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
306 * compatibility only.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
308 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
313 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
314 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
315 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
317 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
318 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
319 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
321 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
322 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
323 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
324 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
326 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
327 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
330 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
331 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
332 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
333 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
334 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
335 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
336 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
337 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
339 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
340 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
341 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
342 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
343 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
344 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
345 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
346 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
347 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
348 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
349 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
351 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
352 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
353 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
354 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
356 * attributes determining channel width.
357 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
358 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
359 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
361 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
362 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
367 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
368 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
369 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
370 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
371 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
372 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
375 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
376 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
377 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
378 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
379 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
380 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
381 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
382 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
383 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
385 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
386 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
387 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
388 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
391 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
393 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
394 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
395 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
396 * global regdomain will be returned.
397 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
398 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
399 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
400 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
401 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
402 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
403 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
404 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
405 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
406 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
407 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
408 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
409 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
410 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
411 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
412 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
413 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
414 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
416 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
417 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
418 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
420 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
421 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
423 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
426 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
427 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
428 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
429 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
431 * added to all specified management frames generated by
432 * kernel/firmware/driver.
433 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
434 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
435 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
436 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
437 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
438 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
440 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
441 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
442 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
443 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
444 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
446 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
447 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
448 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
449 * partial scan results may be available
451 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
452 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
454 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
455 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
456 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
457 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
458 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
459 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
460 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
461 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
462 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
463 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
464 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
465 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
466 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
467 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
468 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
469 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
470 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
471 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
472 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
473 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
474 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
475 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
476 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
477 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
479 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
480 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
481 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
482 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
483 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
484 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
485 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
487 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
489 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
490 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
492 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
493 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
494 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
495 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
496 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
497 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
498 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
500 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
501 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
502 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
504 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
506 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
507 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
508 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
509 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
510 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
511 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
512 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
513 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
514 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
515 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
516 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
517 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
518 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
519 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
520 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
521 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
522 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
523 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
524 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
525 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
526 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
527 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
528 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
529 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
530 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
531 * the beacon hint was processed.
533 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
534 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
535 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
536 * authentication process.
537 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
538 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
539 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
540 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
541 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
542 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
543 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
544 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
545 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
547 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
548 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
549 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
550 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
551 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
552 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
553 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
554 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
555 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
556 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
557 * pending authentication timed out).
558 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
559 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
560 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
561 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
562 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
563 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
564 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
566 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
567 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
568 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
570 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
571 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
572 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
574 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
575 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
576 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
577 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
578 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
579 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
580 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
582 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
583 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
584 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
585 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
586 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
587 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
588 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
589 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
590 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
591 * determined by the network interface.
593 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
594 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
597 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
598 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
599 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
600 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
601 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
602 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
603 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
604 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
605 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
606 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
608 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
609 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
610 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
611 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
612 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
613 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
614 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
615 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
616 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
617 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
619 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
620 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
621 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
622 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
623 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
624 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
625 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
626 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
627 * a different BSS is desired.
628 * Background scan period can optionally be
629 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
630 * if not specified default background scan configuration
631 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
632 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
633 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
634 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
635 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
636 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
637 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
638 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
639 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
640 * well to remain backwards compatible.
641 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
642 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
643 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
644 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
645 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
646 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
647 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
648 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
650 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
651 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
652 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
654 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
655 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
657 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
658 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
659 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
660 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
661 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
662 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
663 * frequency for the operation.
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
665 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
666 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
667 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
669 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
670 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
671 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
672 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
673 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
674 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
675 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
676 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
677 * uniquely identify the request.
678 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
679 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
681 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
682 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
683 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
685 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
686 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
687 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
688 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
689 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
690 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
691 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
692 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
693 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
694 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
695 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
696 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
697 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
699 * backward compatibility
700 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
701 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
702 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
703 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
704 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
705 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
706 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
707 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
708 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
709 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
710 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
711 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
712 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
713 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
714 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
715 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
716 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
717 * is used during CSA period.
718 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
719 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
720 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
721 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
723 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
724 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
725 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
726 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
727 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
729 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
730 * backward compatibility.
732 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
733 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
735 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
736 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
738 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
739 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
742 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
743 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
744 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
745 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
746 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
747 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
748 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
749 * precedence when they are used.
751 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
753 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
754 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
755 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
756 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
757 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
758 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
759 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
760 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
761 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
762 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
763 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
764 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
765 * command, the feature is disabled.
767 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
768 * mesh config parameters may be given.
769 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
770 * network is determined by the network interface.
772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
773 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
774 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
775 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
776 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
777 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
779 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
780 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
781 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
782 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
783 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
784 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
785 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
786 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
787 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
788 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
789 * depending on the authentication result.
791 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
793 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
794 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
795 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
796 * more background information, see
797 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
798 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
799 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
800 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
801 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
802 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
803 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
806 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
807 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
808 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
809 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
810 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
811 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
813 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
814 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
816 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
817 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
818 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
819 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
820 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
821 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
822 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
823 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
824 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
825 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
826 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
827 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
828 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
829 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
830 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
832 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
833 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
834 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
835 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
837 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
838 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
839 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
840 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
841 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
843 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
844 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
845 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
846 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
848 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
849 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
850 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
851 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
852 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
853 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
854 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
856 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
857 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
858 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
859 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
861 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
862 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
864 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
865 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
866 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
867 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
868 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
869 * from the remote AP) is completed;
871 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
872 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
873 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
874 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
876 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
877 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
878 * interfaces to change channel as well.
880 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
881 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
882 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
883 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
884 * public action frame TX.
885 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
886 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
888 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
889 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
890 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
893 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
894 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
896 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
897 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
898 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
899 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
900 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
901 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
902 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
903 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
904 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
906 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
907 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
908 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
909 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
910 * while operating on this channel.
911 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
914 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
915 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
916 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
918 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
919 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
921 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
922 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
923 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
924 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
926 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
927 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
930 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
931 * return back to normal.
933 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
934 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
936 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
937 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
938 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
939 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
940 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
941 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
942 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
943 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
944 * switch is complete.
946 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
947 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
948 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
949 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
950 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
951 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
952 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
953 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
955 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
956 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
957 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
958 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
959 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
962 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
963 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
964 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
965 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
966 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
967 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
968 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
969 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
970 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
971 * fail even if the check was successful.
972 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
974 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
975 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
977 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
978 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
979 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
981 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
982 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
983 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
984 * network is determined by the network interface.
986 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
987 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
988 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
989 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
990 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
991 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
992 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
994 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
995 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
996 * when this command completes.
998 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
999 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1002 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1003 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1004 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1006 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1007 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1008 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1009 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1010 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1011 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1012 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1013 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1014 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1016 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1017 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1018 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1019 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1020 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1021 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1022 * of the function upon success.
1023 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1024 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1025 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1026 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1027 * which just terminated.
1028 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1029 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1030 * the response to this command.
1031 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1032 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1033 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1034 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1035 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1037 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1038 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1039 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1041 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1042 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1043 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1044 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1045 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1048 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1049 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1050 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1051 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1052 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1054 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1055 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1056 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1057 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1058 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1059 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1060 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1062 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1063 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1064 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1065 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1066 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1069 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1070 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1071 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1072 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1074 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1075 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1076 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1077 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1081 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1082 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1083 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1084 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1085 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1086 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1088 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1089 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1090 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1091 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1092 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1093 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1094 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1095 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1096 * command interface.
1098 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1099 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1100 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1102 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1103 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1104 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1105 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1107 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1108 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1110 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1111 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1113 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1115 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1116 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1117 * the netlink extended ack message.
1119 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1121 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1122 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1123 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1126 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1127 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1128 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1129 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1130 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1131 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1132 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1134 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1135 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1136 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1137 * determining the width and type.
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1140 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1141 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1142 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1145 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1146 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1147 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1148 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1149 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1150 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1151 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1152 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1155 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1156 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1157 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1159 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1160 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1162 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1163 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1164 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1165 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1168 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1169 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1170 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1171 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1173 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1174 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1176 enum nl80211_commands {
1177 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1180 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1182 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1183 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1185 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1186 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1187 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1188 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1190 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1191 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1192 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1193 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1197 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1198 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1199 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1200 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1204 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1207 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1209 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1210 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1212 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1214 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1215 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1217 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1218 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1220 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1224 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1225 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1226 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1227 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1229 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1231 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1232 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1233 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1234 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1236 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1238 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1240 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1241 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1243 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1245 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1247 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1249 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1251 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1252 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1256 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1258 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1259 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1263 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1264 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1266 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1267 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1268 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1271 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1273 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1274 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1277 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1279 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1281 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1282 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1284 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1285 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1287 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1289 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1290 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1292 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1293 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1294 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1295 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1299 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1301 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1302 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1304 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1306 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1308 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1310 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1312 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1314 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1316 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1317 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1319 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1325 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1327 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1329 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1330 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1332 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1333 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1336 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1338 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1342 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1344 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1345 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1347 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1349 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1350 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1352 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1354 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1355 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1357 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1359 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1361 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1362 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1363 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1364 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1365 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1366 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1368 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1370 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1373 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1375 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1377 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1379 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1381 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1383 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1385 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1387 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1388 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1389 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1391 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1393 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1395 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1397 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1399 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1401 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1403 /* add new commands above here */
1405 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1406 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1407 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1411 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1414 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1415 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1416 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1417 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1418 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1419 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1420 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1421 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1423 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1425 /* source-level API compatibility */
1426 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1427 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1428 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1431 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1436 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1440 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1441 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1442 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1443 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1445 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1446 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1448 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1449 * operating channel center frequency.
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1451 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1453 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1454 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1456 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1457 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1458 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1459 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1461 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1462 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1464 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1465 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1467 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1468 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1470 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1471 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1473 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1480 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1485 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1489 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1491 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1494 * default management key
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1496 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1498 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1507 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1509 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1511 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1512 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1514 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1516 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1517 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1520 * consisting of a nested array.
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1524 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1527 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1528 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1531 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1534 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1535 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1536 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1537 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1538 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1539 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1540 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1541 * to a specific alpha2.
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1551 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1552 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1555 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1558 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1559 * of the interface mode.
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1562 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1565 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1568 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1570 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1572 * that can be added to a scan request
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1574 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1576 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1580 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1584 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1586 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1589 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1590 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1593 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1594 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1597 * represented as a u32
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1599 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1605 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1606 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1607 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1608 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1610 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1611 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1612 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1613 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1619 * for other networks on different channels
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1622 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1625 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1626 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1627 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1628 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1629 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1630 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1631 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1634 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1637 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1638 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1639 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1640 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1641 * default in station mode.
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1643 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1644 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1645 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1646 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1647 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1649 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1650 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1652 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1653 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1654 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1655 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1656 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1657 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1658 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1659 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1660 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1663 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1666 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1667 * a local disconnect request.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1671 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1672 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1675 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1676 * (an array of u32).
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1678 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1681 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1682 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1684 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1685 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1686 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1687 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1688 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1689 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1690 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1693 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1695 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1698 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1699 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1700 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1701 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1704 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1706 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1707 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1712 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1713 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1714 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1715 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1716 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1717 * completely from scratch.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1722 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1723 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1727 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1731 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1732 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1737 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1738 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1739 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1740 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1741 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1742 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1743 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1744 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1745 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1746 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1747 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1750 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1752 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1754 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1755 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1756 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1758 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1759 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1762 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1767 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1770 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1771 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1772 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1773 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1776 * connected to this BSS.
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1779 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1781 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1782 * for non-automatic settings.
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1785 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1788 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1789 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1790 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1792 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1793 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1794 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1795 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1796 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1797 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1798 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1799 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1800 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1801 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1804 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1805 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1806 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1807 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1810 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1813 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1818 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1819 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1820 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1821 * nl80211 capability flag.
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1826 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1827 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1830 * changed once the mesh is active.
1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1832 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1834 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1835 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1837 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1838 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1839 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1842 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1844 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1845 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1852 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1853 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1854 * pass-thru filter rules.
1855 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1856 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1857 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1858 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1859 * able to ignore them by itself.
1860 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1861 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1862 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1863 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1864 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1865 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1866 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1867 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1870 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1871 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1873 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1874 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1875 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1878 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1881 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1882 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1883 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1886 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1887 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1890 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1891 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1892 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1894 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1895 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1896 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1897 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1900 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1905 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1908 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1911 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1912 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1913 * applications use this attribute.
1914 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1915 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1918 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1919 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1921 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1923 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1925 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1927 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1928 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1929 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1932 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1933 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1934 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1937 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1938 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1939 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1942 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1944 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1945 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1946 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1949 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1950 * to be filled by the FW.
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1952 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1954 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1955 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1956 * The values that may be configured are:
1957 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1958 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1959 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1960 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1961 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1964 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1965 * to one DFS region.
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1971 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1972 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1973 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1974 * capability to timeout the stations.
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1977 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1978 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1981 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1984 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1985 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1986 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1987 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1990 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1991 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1994 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1995 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1996 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1997 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1998 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1999 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2000 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2001 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2005 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2010 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2012 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2013 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2014 * no change is made.
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2017 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2020 * carried in a u32 attribute
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2026 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2030 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2033 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2034 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2036 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2039 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2042 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2046 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2049 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2050 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2058 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2060 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2063 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2064 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2065 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2070 * until the channel switch event.
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2072 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2075 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2077 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2079 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2082 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2087 * operating classes.
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2090 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2091 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2092 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2093 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2097 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2099 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2102 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2103 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2104 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2108 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2111 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2113 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2116 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2117 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2123 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2124 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2125 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2126 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2127 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2130 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2132 * supported number of csa counters.
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2135 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2138 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2139 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2140 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2141 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2142 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2143 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2144 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2145 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2146 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2147 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2148 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2149 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2150 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2152 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2153 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2154 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2155 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2156 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2157 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2158 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2159 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2162 * the TDLS link initiator.
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2165 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2166 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2167 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2168 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2169 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2170 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2171 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2172 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2173 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2174 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2175 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2178 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2179 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2180 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2181 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2186 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2189 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2196 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2197 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2198 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2201 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2202 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2203 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2204 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2205 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2208 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2209 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2210 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2211 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2212 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2213 * over all channels.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2216 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2217 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2218 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2221 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2224 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2226 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2228 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2230 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2231 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2232 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2233 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2234 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2236 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2237 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2238 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2240 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2241 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2242 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2243 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2244 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2247 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2252 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2253 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2257 * groupID for monitor mode.
2258 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2259 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2260 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2261 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2262 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2264 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2265 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2266 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2267 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2269 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2271 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2272 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2273 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2276 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2277 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2278 * attribute must not be included).
2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2280 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2282 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2283 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2284 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2285 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2287 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2288 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2289 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2292 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2295 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2296 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2297 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2298 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2300 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2301 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2302 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2303 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2304 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2305 * the device will decide what to use.
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2307 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2310 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2314 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2315 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2318 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2321 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2324 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2325 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2326 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2327 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2328 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2329 * unnecessary wakeups.
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2332 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2333 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2334 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2335 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2338 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2339 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2342 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2343 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2346 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2347 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2350 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2351 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2354 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2356 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2357 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2360 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2361 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2364 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2365 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2366 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2367 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2368 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2371 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2373 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2376 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2377 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2382 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2383 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2384 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2386 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2387 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2388 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2389 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2392 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2395 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2397 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2398 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2399 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2402 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2404 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2405 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2408 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2409 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2410 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2413 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2416 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2420 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2421 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2422 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2423 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2429 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2432 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2433 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2434 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2438 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2439 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2447 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2448 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2450 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2451 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2459 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2460 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2461 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2462 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2463 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2466 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2467 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2471 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2474 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2475 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2476 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2477 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2478 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2479 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2480 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2481 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2482 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2485 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2486 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2487 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2488 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2489 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2492 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2493 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2494 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2495 * disassociation is still forced.
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2497 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2500 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2502 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2506 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2508 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2510 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2512 enum nl80211_attrs {
2513 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2514 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2519 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2520 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2521 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2526 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2528 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2531 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2533 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2534 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2536 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2537 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2539 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2541 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2543 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2549 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2550 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2552 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2553 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2554 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2556 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2558 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2560 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2561 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2563 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2568 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2576 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2579 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2583 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2590 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2591 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2596 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2601 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2604 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2606 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2607 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2609 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2611 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2617 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2621 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2622 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2624 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2626 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2627 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2632 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2646 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2648 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2654 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2658 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2662 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2664 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2667 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2669 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2673 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2674 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2676 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2678 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2679 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2681 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2685 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2687 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2691 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2693 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2694 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2696 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2699 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2700 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2704 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2705 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2709 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2710 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2712 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2714 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2716 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2717 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2719 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2720 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2722 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2725 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2727 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2729 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2731 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2732 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2734 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2735 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2737 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2739 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2741 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2743 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2745 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2747 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2750 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2752 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2754 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2756 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2758 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2762 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2764 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2768 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2776 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2777 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2781 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2789 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2792 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2799 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2802 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2804 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2805 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2809 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2811 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2812 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2817 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2819 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2821 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2826 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2828 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2830 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2831 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2832 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2835 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2837 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2840 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2844 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2846 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2847 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2849 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2856 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2857 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2861 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2863 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2865 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2867 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2869 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2873 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2875 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2878 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2880 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2884 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2893 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2895 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2896 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2897 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2907 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2908 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2910 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2914 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2919 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2920 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2921 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2922 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2923 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2928 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2930 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2931 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2932 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2934 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2938 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2942 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2945 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2947 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2949 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2955 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2958 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2968 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2970 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
2972 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
2974 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
2984 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
2986 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
2990 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2992 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2993 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2994 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2997 /* source-level API compatibility */
2998 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2999 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3000 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3001 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3004 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3007 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3008 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3009 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3010 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3011 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3012 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3013 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3014 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3015 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3016 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3017 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3018 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3019 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3020 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3021 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3022 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3023 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3024 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3025 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3026 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3027 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3029 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3031 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3032 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3033 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3034 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3035 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3036 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3037 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3038 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3039 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3040 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3041 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3042 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3044 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3046 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3047 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3049 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3052 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3054 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3055 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3056 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3057 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3058 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3059 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3060 * AP type interface.
3061 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3062 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3063 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3064 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3065 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3066 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3067 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3068 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3069 * commands to create and destroy one
3070 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3071 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3072 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3073 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3074 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3076 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3077 * to set the type of an interface.
3080 enum nl80211_iftype {
3081 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3082 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3083 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3085 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3087 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3088 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3089 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3090 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3091 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3096 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3097 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3101 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3103 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3104 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3106 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3107 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3108 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3109 * with short barker preamble
3110 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3111 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3112 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3113 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3114 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3115 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3116 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3118 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3119 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3120 * previously added station into associated state
3121 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3122 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3124 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3125 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3126 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3127 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3128 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3129 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3130 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3131 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3132 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3135 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3136 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3140 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3142 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3143 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3144 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3146 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3147 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3148 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3150 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3153 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3156 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3157 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3158 * @set: which values to set them to
3160 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3162 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3165 } __attribute__((packed));
3168 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3169 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3170 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3171 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3173 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3174 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3175 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3176 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3180 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3181 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3182 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3183 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3184 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3185 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3186 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3187 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3189 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3190 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3191 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3192 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3193 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3194 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3195 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3196 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3200 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3202 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3203 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3204 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3205 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3206 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3207 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3208 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3209 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3210 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3212 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3213 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3214 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3215 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3216 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3217 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3218 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3219 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3220 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3221 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3222 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3223 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3224 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3225 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3226 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3227 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3228 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3229 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3230 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3231 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3232 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3233 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3234 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3235 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3236 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3237 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3238 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3240 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3241 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3242 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3243 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3244 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3245 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3246 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3247 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3248 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3249 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3250 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3251 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3252 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3253 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3254 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3255 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3256 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3257 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3258 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3261 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3262 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3266 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3268 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3269 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3271 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3272 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3273 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3275 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3277 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3278 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3279 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3280 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3282 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3283 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3284 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3285 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3286 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3287 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3288 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3291 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3292 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3296 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3298 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3299 * when getting information about a station.
3301 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3302 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3303 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3304 * (u32, from this station)
3305 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3306 * (u32, to this station)
3307 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3308 * (u64, from this station)
3309 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3310 * (u64, to this station)
3311 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3312 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3313 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3314 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3315 * (u32, from this station)
3316 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3317 * (u32, to this station)
3318 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3319 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3320 * (u32, to this station)
3321 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3322 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3323 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3324 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3325 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3326 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3327 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3328 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3329 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3330 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3331 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3332 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3333 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3334 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3335 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3336 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3338 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3339 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3340 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3341 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3342 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3343 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3344 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3346 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3347 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3348 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3349 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3350 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3351 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3352 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3353 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3355 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3356 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3358 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3360 * (u32, from this station)
3361 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3362 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3363 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3364 * might not be fully accurate.
3365 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3366 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3367 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3368 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3370 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3372 * of STA's association
3373 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3376 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3377 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3378 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3379 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3380 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3381 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3382 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3383 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3384 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3385 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3386 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3387 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3388 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3389 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3390 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3391 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3392 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3393 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3394 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3395 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3396 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3397 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3398 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3399 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3400 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3401 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3402 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3403 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3404 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3405 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3406 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3407 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3408 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3409 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3410 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3411 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3412 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3413 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3414 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3415 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3416 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3417 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3418 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3419 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3422 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3423 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3426 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3427 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3431 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3432 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3433 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3434 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3435 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3436 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3437 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3438 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3440 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3441 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3442 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3443 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3445 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3446 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3447 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3448 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3449 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3450 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3451 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3452 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3455 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3456 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3460 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3461 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3462 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3463 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3464 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3466 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3467 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3468 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3469 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3470 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3471 * (only for per-phy stats)
3472 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3473 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3474 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3475 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3476 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3478 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3479 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3480 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3481 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3482 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3483 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3484 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3485 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3486 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3487 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3488 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3489 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3490 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3493 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3494 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3498 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3500 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3501 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3502 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3503 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3504 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3506 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3507 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3508 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3509 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3510 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3511 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3515 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3517 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3518 * information about a mesh path.
3520 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3521 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3522 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3523 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3524 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3525 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3526 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3527 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3528 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3529 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3530 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3531 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3533 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3535 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3536 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3537 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3538 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3539 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3540 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3541 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3542 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3543 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3544 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3545 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3548 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3549 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3553 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3555 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3556 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3557 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3558 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3560 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3562 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3564 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3565 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3566 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3568 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3569 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3570 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3572 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3573 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3575 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3576 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3577 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3578 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3579 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3580 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3583 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3584 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3588 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3589 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3590 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3591 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3592 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3593 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3594 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3595 * defined in 802.11n
3596 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3597 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3598 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3599 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3600 * defined in 802.11ac
3601 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3602 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3603 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3604 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3605 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3606 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3607 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3608 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3609 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3610 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3611 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3613 enum nl80211_band_attr {
3614 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3615 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3616 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3618 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3619 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3620 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3621 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3623 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3624 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3625 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3627 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3628 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3631 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3632 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3635 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3638 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3640 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3641 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3642 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3643 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3644 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3645 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3646 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3648 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3649 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3650 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3651 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3656 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3657 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3661 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3662 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3663 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3664 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3665 * regulatory domain.
3666 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3667 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3668 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3669 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3670 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3671 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3673 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3674 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3675 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3676 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3677 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3678 * channel as the control channel
3679 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3680 * channel as the control channel
3681 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3682 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3683 * this includes 80+80 channels
3684 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3685 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3687 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3689 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3690 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3691 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3692 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3693 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3695 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3696 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3697 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3698 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3699 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3700 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3701 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3702 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3703 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3704 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3705 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3706 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3707 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3708 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3709 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3710 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3711 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3712 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3713 * in current regulatory domain.
3714 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3715 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3717 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3719 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3720 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3721 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3722 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3724 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3725 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3726 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3727 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3728 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3729 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3730 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3731 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3732 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3733 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3734 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3735 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3736 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3737 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3738 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3739 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3740 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3741 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3742 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3743 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3744 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3745 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3748 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3749 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3752 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3753 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3754 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3755 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3756 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3760 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3761 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3762 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3763 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3765 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3767 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3769 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3770 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3771 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3772 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3775 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3776 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3780 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3781 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3782 * regulatory domain.
3783 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3784 * regulatory domain.
3785 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3786 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3787 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3788 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3789 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3790 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3791 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3792 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3793 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3795 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3796 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3797 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3798 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3799 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3803 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3804 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3805 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3806 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3807 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3809 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3810 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3811 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3812 * them to be applied.
3813 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3814 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3815 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3816 * domain request to be processed.
3818 enum nl80211_reg_type {
3819 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3820 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3821 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3822 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3826 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3827 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3828 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3829 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3830 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3831 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3832 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3834 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3835 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3837 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3838 * frequency range, in KHz.
3839 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3840 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3841 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3842 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3843 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3844 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3845 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3846 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3848 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3850 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3851 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3852 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3854 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3855 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3856 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3858 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3859 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3861 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3864 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3865 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3869 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3870 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3871 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3872 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3873 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3874 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3875 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3876 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3877 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3878 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3879 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3880 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3881 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3882 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3883 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3884 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3885 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3886 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3887 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3888 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3889 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3890 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3891 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3892 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3893 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3894 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3895 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3896 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3897 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3898 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3899 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3900 * attribute number currently defined
3901 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3903 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3904 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3906 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3907 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3908 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3909 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3910 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3911 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3914 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3915 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3916 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3919 /* only for backward compatibility */
3920 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3923 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3925 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3926 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3927 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3928 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3929 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3930 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3931 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3932 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3933 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3935 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3936 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3937 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3938 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3939 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3940 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3941 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3942 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3943 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
3945 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3946 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3947 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3948 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3949 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3950 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3951 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3952 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3953 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3954 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3955 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3956 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3957 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3958 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3959 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3960 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3961 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
3964 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3965 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3966 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3967 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3968 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3969 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3971 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3972 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3975 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3977 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3978 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3979 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3980 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3982 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3983 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3984 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3985 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3990 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3992 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3993 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3994 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3995 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3996 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3997 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3998 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3999 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4000 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4001 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4002 * supported feature.
4003 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4004 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4006 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4007 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4008 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4009 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4013 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4015 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4016 * when getting information about a survey.
4018 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4019 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4020 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4021 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4022 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4023 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4024 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4025 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4026 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4027 * channel was sensed busy
4028 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4029 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4030 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4031 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4032 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4033 * (on this channel or globally)
4034 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4035 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4036 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4037 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4039 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4041 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4042 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4043 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4044 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4045 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4046 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4047 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4048 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4049 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4050 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4051 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4052 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4053 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4056 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4057 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4060 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4061 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4062 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4063 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4064 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4065 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4068 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4070 * Monitor configuration flags.
4072 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4074 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4075 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4076 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4077 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4078 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4079 * overrides all other flags.
4080 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4081 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4083 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4084 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4086 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4087 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4088 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4089 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4090 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4091 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4092 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4093 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4096 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4097 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4101 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4103 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4104 * not known or has not been set yet.
4105 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4106 * in Awake state all the time.
4107 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4108 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4109 * neighbor's beacons.
4110 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4111 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4112 * for neighbor's beacons.
4114 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4115 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4118 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4119 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4120 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4121 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4122 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4124 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4125 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4129 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4131 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4134 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4136 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4137 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4139 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4140 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4142 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4145 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4146 * on this mesh interface
4148 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4149 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4152 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4155 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4156 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4157 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4160 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4161 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4164 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4167 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4168 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4170 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4171 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4172 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4174 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4175 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4178 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4179 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4182 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4184 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4185 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4187 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4188 * root announcements are transmitted.
4190 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4191 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4192 * Announcement frames.
4194 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4195 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4198 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4199 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4201 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4202 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4205 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4206 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4209 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4213 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4214 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4215 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4217 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4218 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4220 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4221 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4222 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4224 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4225 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4227 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4229 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4230 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4231 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4232 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4234 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4235 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4236 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4237 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4239 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4241 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4242 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4243 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4244 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4245 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4246 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4247 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4248 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4249 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4250 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4251 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4252 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4253 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4254 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4255 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4256 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4257 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4258 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4259 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4260 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4261 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4262 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4263 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4264 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4265 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4266 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4267 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4268 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4269 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4270 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4271 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4274 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4275 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4279 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4281 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4282 * changed while the mesh is active.
4284 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4286 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4287 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4290 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4291 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4294 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4295 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4296 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4299 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4300 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4302 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4303 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4304 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4305 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4306 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4307 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4308 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4309 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4312 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4313 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4314 * neighbor offset synchronization
4316 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4317 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4319 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4320 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4321 * Default is no authentication method required.
4323 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4325 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4327 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4328 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4329 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4330 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4331 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4332 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4333 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4334 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4335 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4336 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4339 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4340 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4344 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4345 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4346 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4347 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4349 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4350 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4351 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4352 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4353 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4354 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4355 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4357 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4358 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4359 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4360 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4361 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4362 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4363 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4366 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4367 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4378 /* backward compat */
4379 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4380 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4381 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4382 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4383 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4386 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4387 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4388 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4389 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4390 * below the control channel
4391 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4392 * above the control channel
4394 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4397 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4398 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4402 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4404 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4405 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4407 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4408 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4410 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4411 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4412 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4413 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4414 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4416 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4423 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4425 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4428 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4429 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4430 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4431 * attribute must be provided as well
4432 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4433 * attribute must be provided as well
4434 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4435 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4436 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4437 * attribute must be provided as well
4438 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4439 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4440 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4441 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4442 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4443 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4444 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4446 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4447 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4448 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4449 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4450 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4451 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4452 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4453 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4454 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4455 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4456 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4457 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4458 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4459 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4463 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4465 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4467 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4468 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4469 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4470 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4471 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4473 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4474 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4475 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4476 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4477 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4478 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4482 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4484 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4485 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4486 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4487 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4488 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4489 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4490 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4491 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4492 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4493 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4494 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4495 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4496 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4497 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4498 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4499 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4500 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4501 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4502 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4503 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4504 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4505 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4506 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4507 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4508 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4509 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4511 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4512 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4513 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4514 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4515 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4516 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4517 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4518 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4519 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4520 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4521 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4522 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4523 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4524 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4525 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4527 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4528 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4529 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4530 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4531 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4532 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4535 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4537 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4539 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4540 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4541 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4542 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4543 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4545 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4546 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4547 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4548 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4549 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4550 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4552 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4553 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4554 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4555 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4558 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4559 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4563 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4564 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4565 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4566 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4568 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4569 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4571 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4572 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4574 enum nl80211_bss_status {
4575 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4576 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4577 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4581 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4583 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4584 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4585 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4586 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4587 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4588 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4589 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4590 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4591 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4592 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4593 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4594 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4595 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4597 enum nl80211_auth_type {
4598 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4599 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4600 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4601 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4602 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4603 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4604 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4605 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4608 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4609 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4610 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4614 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4615 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4616 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4617 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4618 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4620 enum nl80211_key_type {
4621 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4622 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4623 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4625 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4629 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4630 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4631 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4632 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4636 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4637 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4640 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4641 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4642 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4643 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4647 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4648 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4649 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4651 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4653 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4655 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4656 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4657 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4658 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4660 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4664 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4665 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4666 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4667 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4669 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4670 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4671 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4672 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4673 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4674 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4675 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4676 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4677 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4678 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4679 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4680 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4681 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4682 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4683 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4684 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4686 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4687 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4689 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4690 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4695 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4696 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4698 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4700 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4703 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4704 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4708 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4709 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4710 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4711 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4712 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4713 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4714 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4715 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4716 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4717 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4718 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4719 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4720 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4722 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4723 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4724 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4730 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4731 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4734 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4735 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4738 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4739 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4741 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4742 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4745 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4746 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4747 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4748 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4752 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4753 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4754 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4755 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4756 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4757 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4758 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4759 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4772 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4773 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4774 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4776 enum nl80211_ps_state {
4777 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4782 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4783 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4784 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4785 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4786 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4787 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4788 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4789 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4790 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4791 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4792 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4793 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4794 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4795 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4796 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4797 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4798 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4799 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4800 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4801 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4803 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4804 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4805 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4806 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4807 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4809 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4810 * RSSI threshold event.
4811 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4812 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4814 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4815 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4816 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4817 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4818 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4819 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4820 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4821 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4822 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4823 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4824 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4827 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4828 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4832 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4833 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4834 * configured threshold
4835 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4836 * configured threshold
4837 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4839 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4840 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4841 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4842 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4847 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4848 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4849 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4850 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4852 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4853 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4854 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4855 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4859 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
4860 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
4861 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
4863 enum nl80211_tid_config {
4864 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
4865 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
4868 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
4869 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
4870 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
4871 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
4873 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
4874 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
4875 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
4876 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
4879 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
4880 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
4881 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
4882 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
4883 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
4884 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
4886 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
4887 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
4888 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
4889 * should be left untouched.
4890 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
4892 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
4893 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
4895 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
4896 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
4897 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
4898 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
4899 * output in wiphy capabilities.
4900 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
4901 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
4902 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
4903 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
4904 * output in wiphy capabilities.
4905 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
4906 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
4907 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4908 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
4909 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
4910 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4911 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
4912 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
4913 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
4914 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
4915 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
4916 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
4917 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
4918 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
4919 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
4920 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
4923 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
4924 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
4925 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
4926 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
4927 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
4928 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
4929 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
4930 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
4931 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
4932 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
4933 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
4934 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
4935 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
4936 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
4937 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
4940 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4941 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4945 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4946 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4947 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4948 * a zero bit are ignored
4949 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4950 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4951 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4952 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4953 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4954 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4955 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4956 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4957 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4958 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4959 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4960 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4961 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4962 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4963 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4965 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4966 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4967 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4968 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4969 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4972 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4976 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4977 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4978 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4979 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4980 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4982 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4983 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4984 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4985 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4986 * by the kernel to userspace.
4988 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4990 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4991 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4992 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4993 } __attribute__((packed));
4995 /* only for backward compatibility */
4996 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4997 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4998 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4999 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5000 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5001 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5002 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5005 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5006 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5007 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5008 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5009 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5010 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5011 * any others are even supported by the device.
5012 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5013 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5014 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5015 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5016 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5017 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5018 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5019 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5020 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5021 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5022 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5024 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5025 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5027 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5028 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5029 * to the kernel when configuring.
5030 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5031 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5032 * by the device (flag)
5033 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5034 * done by the device) (flag)
5035 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5037 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5038 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5039 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5040 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5041 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5042 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5043 * attribute contains the original length.
5044 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5045 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5046 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5047 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5048 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5049 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5050 * contains the original length.
5051 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5052 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5053 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5054 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5055 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5056 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5057 * the TCP connection.
5058 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5059 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5060 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5061 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5062 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5063 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5065 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5066 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5067 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5068 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5069 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5070 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5071 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5072 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5073 * supported by the driver (u32).
5074 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5075 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5076 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5077 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5078 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5080 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5081 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5082 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5083 * these attributes must be present. If
5084 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5085 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5087 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5088 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5090 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5091 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5093 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5094 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5095 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5096 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5097 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5098 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5099 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5100 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5101 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5102 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5103 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5104 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5105 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5106 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5107 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5108 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5109 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5110 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5111 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5112 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5113 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5116 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5117 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5121 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5123 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5124 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5125 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5126 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5127 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5128 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5129 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5130 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5131 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5133 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5134 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5135 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5136 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5139 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5140 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5144 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5145 * @start: starting value
5146 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5147 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5149 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5150 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5153 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5154 __u32 start, offset, len;
5158 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5159 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5160 * @len: length of each token
5161 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5162 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5164 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5166 __u8 token_stream[];
5170 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5171 * @min_len: minimum token length
5172 * @max_len: maximum token length
5173 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5175 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5176 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5180 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5181 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5183 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5184 * (in network byte order)
5185 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5186 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5187 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5188 * might require ARP querying.
5189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5190 * socket and port will be allocated
5191 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5192 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5193 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5194 * of the data payload.
5195 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5196 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5197 * advertising it is just a flag
5198 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5199 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5200 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5201 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5202 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5203 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5204 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5205 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5206 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5207 * but on the TCP payload only.
5208 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5209 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5211 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5212 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5213 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5214 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5215 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5216 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5217 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5218 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5219 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5220 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5221 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5222 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5223 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5226 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5227 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5231 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5232 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5233 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5234 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5236 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5237 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5239 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5241 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5243 } __attribute__((packed));
5246 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5247 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5248 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5249 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5250 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5251 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5252 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5253 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5254 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5256 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5257 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5258 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5259 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5260 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5263 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5264 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5268 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5269 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5270 * in a rule are matched.
5271 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5272 * in a rule are not matched.
5274 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5275 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5276 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5280 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5281 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5282 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5283 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5284 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5285 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5286 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5287 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5289 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5290 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5291 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5292 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5295 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5296 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5300 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5302 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5303 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5304 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5305 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5306 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5307 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5308 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5309 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5310 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5311 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5312 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5313 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5314 * different channels may be used within this group.
5315 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5316 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5317 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5318 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5319 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5320 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5321 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5322 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5323 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5326 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5327 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5329 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5330 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5332 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5333 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5335 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5336 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5338 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5339 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5340 * that any of these groups must match.
5342 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5343 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5344 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5345 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5346 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5348 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5349 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5350 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5351 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5352 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5353 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5354 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5355 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5356 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5359 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5360 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5365 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5367 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5368 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5369 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5371 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5372 * from this mesh peer
5373 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5374 * received from this mesh peer
5375 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5376 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5377 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5378 * plink are discarded
5379 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5380 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5382 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5383 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5384 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5385 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5386 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5387 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5388 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5389 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5392 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5393 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5397 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5399 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5400 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5401 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5402 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5404 enum plink_actions {
5405 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5406 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5407 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5409 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5413 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5414 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5415 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5416 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5417 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5420 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5421 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5422 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5423 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5424 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5425 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5426 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5427 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5429 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5430 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5431 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5432 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5433 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5434 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5437 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5438 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5442 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5443 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5445 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5447 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5448 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5450 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5451 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5452 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5453 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5457 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5458 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5459 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5460 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5461 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5462 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5463 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5464 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5466 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5467 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5468 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5469 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5472 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5473 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5477 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5478 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5479 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5481 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5482 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5483 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5485 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5488 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5489 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5490 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5491 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5492 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5495 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5496 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5500 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5501 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5502 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5503 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5504 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5505 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5507 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5508 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5510 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5511 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5512 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5516 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5517 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5518 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5519 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5524 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5525 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5526 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5528 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5529 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5530 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5531 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5532 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5533 * cellular base stations.
5534 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5535 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5536 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5537 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5539 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5540 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5541 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5542 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5543 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5544 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5545 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5546 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5548 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5550 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5551 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5552 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5553 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5554 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5555 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5556 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5557 * states using station flags.
5558 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5559 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5560 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5561 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5562 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5563 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5564 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5565 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5566 * still generated by the driver.
5567 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5568 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5569 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5570 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5571 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5572 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5573 * lifetime of a BSS.
5574 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5575 * Set IE to probe requests.
5576 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5577 * to probe requests.
5578 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5579 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5580 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5581 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5582 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5583 * Measurement Report action frame.
5584 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5585 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5587 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5588 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5589 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5590 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5591 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5592 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5593 * rts/cts handshake.
5594 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5595 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5596 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5597 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5598 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5599 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5600 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5601 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5602 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5603 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5604 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5605 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5606 * address mask/value will be used.
5607 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5608 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5609 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5610 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5611 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5612 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5613 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5614 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5616 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5617 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5618 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5619 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5620 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5621 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5622 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5623 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5624 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5625 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5626 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5627 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5628 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5629 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5630 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5631 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5632 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5633 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5634 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5635 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5636 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5637 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5638 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5639 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5640 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5641 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5642 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5643 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5644 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5645 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5646 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5647 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5648 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5652 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5653 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5654 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5655 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5656 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5657 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5658 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5659 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5660 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5661 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5662 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5663 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5664 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5665 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5666 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5667 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5669 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5670 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5671 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5673 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5674 * channel dwell time.
5675 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5676 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5677 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5678 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5679 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5680 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5681 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5682 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5683 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5684 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5685 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5686 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5687 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5688 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5689 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5690 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5691 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5692 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5693 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5694 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5695 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5696 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5697 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5698 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5699 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5700 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5702 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5703 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5704 * actual dwell time.
5705 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5707 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5708 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5709 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5710 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5711 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5712 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5713 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5714 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5715 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5716 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5717 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5718 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5719 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5720 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5721 * "radar detected" event.
5722 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5723 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5724 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5725 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5726 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5728 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5729 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5730 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5731 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5732 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5733 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5734 * timing measurement responder role.
5736 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5737 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5738 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5739 * freeze the connection.
5740 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5741 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5743 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5744 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5747 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5748 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5750 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5751 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5753 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5756 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5757 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5759 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5760 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5761 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5763 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5764 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5765 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5767 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5768 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5769 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5770 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5772 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5773 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5774 * handled as ordinary data frames.
5776 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5778 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5779 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5781 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5782 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5784 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5785 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5786 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5787 * included in the scan request.
5789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5790 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5792 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5793 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5795 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5796 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5797 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5798 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5799 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5800 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5801 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5802 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5803 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5804 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5805 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5806 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5807 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5808 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5809 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5810 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5811 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5812 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5813 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5814 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5815 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5816 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5817 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5818 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5819 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5820 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5821 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5822 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5823 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5824 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5825 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5826 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5827 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5828 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5829 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5830 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5831 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5832 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5833 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5834 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5835 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5836 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5837 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
5838 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
5839 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
5840 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
5841 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
5842 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
5843 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
5844 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
5845 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
5846 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
5848 /* add new features before the definition below */
5849 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5850 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5854 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5855 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5856 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5857 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5858 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5859 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5862 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5863 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5864 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5865 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5867 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5868 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5869 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5870 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5871 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5875 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5876 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5877 * handled by the AP is reached.
5878 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5880 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5881 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5882 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5886 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5888 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5889 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5890 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5891 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5893 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5894 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5895 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5896 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5897 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5901 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5903 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5904 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5907 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5908 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5909 * one of them can be used in the request.
5911 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5912 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5913 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5914 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5915 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5916 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5917 * when really needed
5918 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5919 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5920 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5921 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5922 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5923 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5924 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5925 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5926 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5927 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5928 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5929 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5930 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5931 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5932 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5933 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5934 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5935 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5936 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5937 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5939 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5940 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5941 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5942 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5943 * impacted with this flag.
5944 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5945 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5946 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5947 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5948 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5949 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5950 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5951 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5952 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5953 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5955 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5956 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5957 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5958 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
5959 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
5960 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
5962 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5963 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5964 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5965 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5966 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5967 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5968 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5969 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5970 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5971 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5972 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5973 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5974 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5975 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5976 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
5980 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5982 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5983 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5984 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5986 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5987 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5988 * in ACL to authenticate.
5989 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5990 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5992 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5993 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5994 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5998 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6000 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6002 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6003 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6004 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6005 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6007 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6009 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6010 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6012 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6013 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6017 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6019 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6020 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6022 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6024 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6025 * the channel is now available.
6026 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6027 * change to the channel status.
6028 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6029 * over, channel becomes usable.
6030 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6031 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6032 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6033 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6034 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6035 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6037 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6038 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6039 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6040 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6041 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6042 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6043 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6047 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6049 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6051 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6052 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6053 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6054 * is therefore marked as not available.
6055 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6057 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6059 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6060 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6064 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6065 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6066 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6067 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6068 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6069 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6071 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6072 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6076 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6078 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6079 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6080 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6081 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6082 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6084 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6085 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6086 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6087 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6088 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6089 /* add other protocols before this one */
6090 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6093 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6094 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6097 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6099 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6101 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6102 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6103 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6104 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6105 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6107 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6108 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6109 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6113 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6114 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6115 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6117 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6120 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6121 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6122 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6123 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6124 * added to this file when needed.
6125 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6127 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6133 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6135 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6136 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6138 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6139 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6140 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6142 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6143 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6144 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6145 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6149 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6150 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6151 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6153 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6154 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6155 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6156 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6157 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6159 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6161 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6162 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6163 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6164 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6167 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6168 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6169 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6173 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6175 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6176 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6177 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6179 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6182 } __attribute__((packed));
6185 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6187 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6188 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6190 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6191 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6192 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6193 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6194 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6195 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6196 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6197 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6198 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6199 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6200 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6202 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6203 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6204 * which the driver shall use.
6206 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6207 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6208 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6209 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6210 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6213 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6214 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6218 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6220 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6222 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6223 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6224 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6226 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6227 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6228 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6229 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6232 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6233 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6237 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6239 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6241 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6242 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6244 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6245 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6246 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6250 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6252 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6254 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6255 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6256 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6258 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6259 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6260 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6261 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6264 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6265 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6266 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6269 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6270 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6271 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6272 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6273 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6274 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6275 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6276 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6277 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6278 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6279 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6280 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6281 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6282 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6283 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6284 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6285 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6286 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6287 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6288 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6289 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6290 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6293 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6294 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6295 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6296 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6297 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6298 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6299 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6300 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6301 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6302 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6303 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6304 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6305 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6307 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6310 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6311 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6312 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6313 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6314 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6315 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6316 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6317 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6318 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6319 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6320 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6321 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6322 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6323 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6324 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6325 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6326 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6327 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6330 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6331 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6335 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6336 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6337 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6339 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6340 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6341 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6342 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6343 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6344 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6345 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6346 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6347 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6349 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6350 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6351 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6353 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6354 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6357 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6358 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6362 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6363 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6364 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6365 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6366 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6367 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6368 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6369 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6371 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6372 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6374 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6375 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6376 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6377 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6380 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6381 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6385 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6386 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6387 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6388 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6390 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6391 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6392 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6396 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6397 * responder attributes
6398 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6399 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6400 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6401 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6402 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6403 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6404 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6405 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6406 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6407 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6409 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6410 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6412 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6413 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6414 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6417 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6418 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6422 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6424 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6425 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6427 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6428 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6429 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6430 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6431 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6432 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6433 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6434 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6435 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6436 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6437 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6438 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6439 * phase with the responder (u32)
6440 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6441 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6443 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6444 * scheduled window (u32)
6445 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6446 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6447 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6449 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6450 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6451 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6452 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6453 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6454 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6455 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6456 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6457 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6458 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6459 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6460 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6463 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6464 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6468 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6469 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6470 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6471 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6472 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6473 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6475 enum nl80211_preamble {
6476 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6477 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6478 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6479 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6480 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6484 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6486 * these numbers also for attributes
6488 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6490 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6491 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6493 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6494 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6496 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6498 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6499 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6503 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6504 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6505 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6506 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6507 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6508 * reason may be available in the response data
6510 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6511 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6512 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6513 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6514 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6518 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6519 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6521 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6522 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6523 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6524 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6527 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6528 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6530 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6531 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6533 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6534 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6537 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6538 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6542 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6543 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6545 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6546 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6547 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6548 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6549 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6550 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6551 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6552 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6553 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6554 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6555 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6557 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6558 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6559 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6561 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6563 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6564 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6566 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6567 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6569 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6570 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6571 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6572 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6573 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6574 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6577 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6578 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6582 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6583 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6585 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6586 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6587 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6588 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6589 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6590 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6591 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6592 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6593 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6595 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6596 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6598 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6599 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6601 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6602 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6603 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6604 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6607 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6608 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6612 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6613 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6615 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6616 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6617 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6618 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6619 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6620 * measurement results
6621 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6622 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6623 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6624 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6625 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6626 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6627 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6628 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6629 * sub-attributes taken from
6630 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6632 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6633 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6635 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6636 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6638 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6639 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6640 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6641 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6642 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6645 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6646 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6650 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6651 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6653 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6655 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6657 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6658 * data can be requested during the measurement
6659 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6660 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6661 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6662 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6663 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6664 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6665 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6666 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6667 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6668 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6669 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6671 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6672 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6673 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6674 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6675 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6676 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6678 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6679 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6681 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6682 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6684 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6685 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6686 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6687 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6688 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6689 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6690 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6691 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6692 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6693 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6696 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6697 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6701 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6702 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6704 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6705 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6706 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6707 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6708 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6709 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6710 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6711 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6712 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6713 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6714 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6715 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6716 * requested per burst
6717 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6718 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6720 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6721 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6723 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6724 * measurement (flag).
6725 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6726 * mutually exclusive.
6727 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6728 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6729 * ranging will be used.
6730 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6731 * ranging measurement (flag)
6732 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6733 * mutually exclusive.
6734 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6735 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6736 * ranging will be used.
6738 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6739 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6741 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6742 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6744 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6745 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6746 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6747 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6748 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6749 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6750 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6751 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6752 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6753 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6754 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6757 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6758 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6762 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6763 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6764 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6765 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6767 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6768 * try and get no response)
6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6770 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6772 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6773 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6774 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6775 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6777 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6778 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6779 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6780 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6781 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6782 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6783 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6784 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6785 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6789 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6790 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6792 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6794 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6795 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6796 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6797 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6798 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6800 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6801 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6802 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6803 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6804 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6805 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6806 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6807 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6808 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6809 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6810 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6811 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6812 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6813 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6814 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6816 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6817 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6818 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6819 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6820 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6821 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6822 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6824 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6825 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6826 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6827 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6829 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6830 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6831 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6834 * (binary, optional);
6835 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6836 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6840 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6841 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6843 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6844 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6846 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6847 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6848 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6849 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6850 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6851 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6852 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6853 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6854 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6855 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6856 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6857 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6858 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6859 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6860 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6861 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6862 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6863 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6864 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6865 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6866 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6869 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6870 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6874 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6875 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6877 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6878 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6880 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6881 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6883 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6884 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6886 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6887 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6890 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6891 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6895 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
6896 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6898 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
6899 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
6900 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
6902 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6903 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
6905 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
6906 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
6908 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
6909 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
6910 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
6913 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
6914 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6918 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
6919 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6921 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
6922 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
6923 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
6924 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
6925 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
6927 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6928 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
6930 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
6931 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
6933 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
6934 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
6937 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
6938 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6941 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */